B0102030511sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ（預流相應）c3.5s

1. Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ

2. Veḷudvāravaggo

3. Cakkavattirājasuttaṃ

4. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tatra kho bhagavā…pe… etadavoca – 『『kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova [aparimutto ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto [parimutto ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā』』.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā』ti . Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī』ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ – cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā』ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. Yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasi』』nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

1. Brahmacariyogadhasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – 『itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā』ti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti.

Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna [vatvā (sī. pī.) evamīdisesu ṭhānesu] sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

『『Yesaṃ saddhā ca sīlañca, pasādo dhammadassanaṃ;

Te ve kālena paccenti, brahmacariyogadhaṃ sukha』』nti. dutiyaṃ;

1. Dīghāvuupāsakasuttaṃ

這是11. 預流支相應 竹門品 轉輪王經 舍衛城因緣。在那裡，世尊...（中略）...說道："諸比丘，即使轉輪王統治四大洲，行使主權，身壞命終後生于善趣天界，與三十三天為伴，在那裡的歡喜園中被眾天女圍繞，享受五種天界欲樂，但如果他不具足四法，他仍未脫離地獄、畜生道、餓鬼道、惡趣、墮處。諸比丘，即使聖弟子以乞食為生，穿粗布衣，但如果他具足四法，他就已脫離地獄、畜生道、餓鬼道、惡趣、墮處。" "哪四法？諸比丘，在此，聖弟子對佛具足不動之信，即'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法具足不動之信，即'法由世尊善說，現見、無時、來見、引導、智者自知'。對僧具足不動之信，即'世尊的聲聞僧眾善行道，世尊的聲聞僧眾直行道，世尊的聲聞僧眾如理行道，世尊的聲聞僧眾正行道。即四雙八輩，這就是世尊的聲聞僧眾，應受供養、應受款待、應受佈施、應受合掌，是世間無上福田'。具足聖者所愛戒，即無缺、無破、無污、無雜、自在、智者所贊、無執著、導向定。他具足這四法。諸比丘，獲得四大洲與獲得這四法相比，獲得四大洲不值獲得這四法的十六分之一。"第一 梵行立足經 "諸比丘，具足四法的聖弟子是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。 "哪四法？在此，諸比丘，聖弟子對佛具足不動之信，即'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒，即無缺...（中略）...導向定。諸比丘，具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。" 世尊說此。說此已，善逝、導師又說： "信、戒、凈信、見法， 他們適時會獲得， 梵行立足之樂。"第二 長壽優婆塞經

1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena dīghāvu upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako pitaraṃ jotikaṃ gahapatiṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda – 『dīghāvu, bhante , upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī』ti. Evañca vadehi – 『sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, tātā』』ti kho jotiko gahapati dīghāvussa upāsakassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jotiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『dīghāvu, bhante, upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno . So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadeti – 『sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – 『『kacci te, dīghāvu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo』』ti? 『『Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo』』ti. 『『Tasmātiha te, dīghāvu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato bhavissāmi – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato bhavissāmi akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi』. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba』』nti.

『『Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī』』ti . 『『Tasmātiha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu patiṭṭhāya cha vijjābhāgiye dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. Idha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāhi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññīti. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba』』nti.

『『Yeme, bhante, bhagavatā cha vijjābhāgiyā dhammā desitā, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāmi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññī. Api ca me, bhante, evaṃ hoti – 『mā hevāyaṃ jotiko gahapati mamaccayena vighātaṃ āpajjī』』』ti [āpajjati (ka.)]. 『『Mā tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, evaṃ manasākāsi. Iṅgha tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, yadeva te bhagavā āha, tadeva tvaṃ sādhukaṃ manasi karohī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『yo so, bhante, dīghāvu nāma upāsako bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』ti? 『『Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi [ahosi saccavādī (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] dhammassānudhammaṃ, na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ [na ca dhammādhikaraṇaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] vihesesi [viheṭhesi (itipi aññattha)]. Dīghāvu, bhikkhave, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā』』ti. Tatiyaṃ.

一時，世尊住在王舍城（現在的拉杰吉爾）竹林棲鳥處。那時，長壽優婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。於是長壽優婆塞對父親燈光居士說："來吧，居士，去世尊那裡；去後以我的名義頂禮世尊雙足，說：'世尊，長壽優婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。他頂禮世尊雙足。'並這樣說：'世尊，請世尊慈悲，到長壽優婆塞的住處來。'"燈光居士回答長壽優婆塞說："好的，孩子。"然後去世尊那裡；到后禮敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的燈光居士對世尊說："世尊，長壽優婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。他頂禮世尊雙足。並這樣說：'世尊，請世尊慈悲，到長壽優婆塞的住處來。'"世尊以沉默表示同意。 然後世尊穿好衣服，拿著缽和衣，去長壽優婆塞的住處；到後坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後，世尊對長壽優婆塞說："長壽，你還好嗎？能忍受嗎？痛苦減輕，不增加嗎？是減輕，不是加重嗎？""世尊，我不好，不能忍受。劇烈的痛苦在增加，不減輕；是加重，不是減輕。" "因此，長壽，你應當這樣學：'我將具足對佛的不動信，即世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...我將具足聖者所愛戒，即無缺...導向定。'長壽，你應當這樣學。" "世尊，世尊所說的這四預流支，這些法我都具足，我也在這些法中顯現。世尊，我具足對佛的不動信，即世尊是...天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...我具足聖者所愛戒，即無缺...導向定。" "因此，長壽，你在這四預流支上建立后，應當進一步修習六明分法。在此，長壽，你應住于觀一切行無常，于無常觀苦，于苦觀無我，觀斷、觀離、觀滅。長壽，你應當這樣學。" "世尊，世尊所說的這六明分法，這些法我都具足，我也在這些法中顯現。世尊，我住于觀一切行無常，于無常觀苦，于苦觀無我，觀斷、觀離、觀滅。但是，世尊，我這樣想：'愿這燈光居士在我去世后不要悲傷。'" "孩子長壽，你不要這樣想。來吧，孩子長壽，你要好好注意世尊所說的。" 然後世尊以這教誡教誡長壽優婆塞后，從座位起身離開。長壽優婆塞在世尊離開不久後去世。然後許多比丘去世尊那裡；到后禮敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些比丘對世尊說："世尊，那個名叫長壽的優婆塞，被世尊簡略教誡後去世了。他的去處如何，未來如何？" "比丘們，長壽優婆塞是智者，隨法而行，不因法而煩擾我。比丘們，長壽優婆塞因五下分結盡，是化生者，在那裡般涅槃，不從那世界回來。"第三

1. Paṭhamasāriputtasuttaṃ

2. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca ānando sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『katinaṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti ? 『『Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』.

『『Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

1. Dutiyasāriputtasuttaṃ

2. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『『sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, sotāpattiyaṅga』nti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamaṃ nu kho sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅga』』nti? 『『Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, bhante, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅga』』nti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ』』.

『『『Soto, soto』ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, soto』』ti? 『『Ayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhī』』ti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Ayameva hi, sāriputta, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi』』.

『『『Sotāpanno , sotāpanno』ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpanno』』ti ? 『『Yo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto』』ti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yo hi, sāriputta, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

1. Thapatisuttaṃ

2. 舍利弗經第一 一時，尊者舍利弗和尊者阿難住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。傍晚時分，尊者阿難從獨處起來...（中略）...坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿難對尊者舍利弗說："舍利弗賢友，具足幾法，世尊宣說這些人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺？""賢友，具足四法，世尊宣說這些人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。" "哪四法？賢友，在此，聖弟子對佛具足不動之信，即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒，即無缺...（中略）...導向定。賢友，具足這四法，世尊宣說這些人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。"第四

3. 舍利弗經第二 然後尊者舍利弗去世尊那裡；到后禮敬世尊，坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗說："舍利弗，這裡所說的'預流支、預流支'，舍利弗，什麼是預流支？""世尊，親近善士是預流支，聽聞正法是預流支，如理作意是預流支，法隨法行是預流支。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，親近善士是預流支，聽聞正法是預流支，如理作意是預流支，法隨法行是預流支。" "舍利弗，這裡所說的'流、流'，舍利弗，什麼是流？""世尊，這八支聖道就是流，即：正見、正思惟、正語、正業、正命、正精進、正念、正定。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，這八支聖道就是流，即：正見...（中略）...正定。" "舍利弗，這裡所說的'預流者、預流者'，舍利弗，什麼是預流者？""世尊，具足這八支聖道的人，他被稱為預流者，這位尊者如是名、如是姓。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，具足這八支聖道的人，他被稱為預流者，這位尊者如是名、如是姓。"第五

4. 工匠經

5. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – 『『niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』』ti. Tena kho pana samayena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo sādhuke paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo – 『『sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – 『niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』』』ti.

Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ – 『『yadā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ āgacchantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī』』ti. Dvīhatīhaṃ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā isidattapurāṇe thapatayo etadavoca – 『『ayaṃ so, bhante, bhagavā āgacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathā』』ti.

Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –

『『Yadā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante , bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti anappakaṃ domanassaṃ – 『dūre no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā』』』ti.

1. 舍衛城因緣。那時，許多比丘為世尊做衣，[想著]："世尊做好衣后，三個月過後將出游。"那時，伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠住在薩杜卡，因某事務。伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠聽說："許多比丘為世尊做衣，[想著]'世尊做好衣后，三個月過後將出游'。" 於是伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠在路上安排一個人："喂，你若看見世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺來，就告訴我們。"那人站了兩三天，遠遠地看見世尊來。看見后就去伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠那裡；到后對伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠說："先生們，這就是世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺來了。現在你們認為是時候了。" 於是伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠去世尊那裡；到后禮敬世尊，跟在世尊後面。然後世尊離開道路，去一棵樹下；到後坐在準備好的座位上。伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠禮敬世尊後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的伊斯達塔和普拉納兩位工匠對世尊說： "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從舍衛城出遊到憍薩羅'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊將離我們遠去'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從舍衛城出遊到憍薩羅'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊離我們遠了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從憍薩羅出遊到摩羅'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊將離我們遠去'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從憍薩羅出遊到摩羅'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊離我們遠了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從摩羅出遊到跋耆'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊將離我們遠去'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從摩羅出遊到跋耆'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊離我們遠了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從跋耆出遊到迦尸'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊將離我們遠去'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從跋耆出遊到迦尸'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊離我們遠了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從迦尸出遊到摩揭陀'時，我們那時不高興，憂愁，[想]'世尊將離我們遠去'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從迦尸出遊到摩揭陀'時，我們那時非常不高興，非常憂愁，[想]'世尊離我們遠了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從摩揭陀出遊到迦尸'時，我們那時高興，歡喜，[想]'世尊將靠近我們'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從摩揭陀出遊到迦尸'時，我們那時高興，歡喜，[想]'世尊靠近我們了'。" "世尊，當我們聽說'世尊將從迦尸出遊到跋耆'時，我們那時高興，歡喜，[想]'世尊將靠近我們'。世尊，當我們聽說'世尊已從迦尸出遊到跋耆'時，我們那時高興，歡喜，[想]'世尊靠近我們了'。"

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkanto』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『kosalehi sāvatthiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī』ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – 『sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme』ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti anappakaṃ somanassaṃ – 『āsanne no bhagavā』』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāyā』』ti. 『『Atthi kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā』』ti. 『『Katamo pana vo, thapatayo, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā』』ti?

『『Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyātukāmo hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā te kappetvā, yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā tā ekaṃ purato ekaṃ pacchato nisīdāpema. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo gandho hoti, seyyathāpi nāma gandhakaraṇḍakassa tāvadeva vivariyamānassa, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ gandhena vibhūsitānaṃ. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathāpi nāma tūlapicuno vā kappāsapicuno vā, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ sukhedhitānaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, samaye nāgopi rakkhitabbo hoti, tāpi bhaginiyo rakkhitabbā honti, attāpi rakkhitabbo hoti. Na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhaginīsu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ uppādetā. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāya. Catūhi kho, thapatayo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, thapatayo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā ajjhāgāraṃ vasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Imehi kho, thapatayo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Tumhe kho, thapatayo, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, thapatayo, katividhā te kosalesu manussā ye tumhākaṃ samasamā, yadidaṃ – dānasaṃvibhāge』』ti? 『『Lābhā no, bhante, suladdhaṃ no, bhante! Yesaṃ no bhagavā evaṃ pajānātī』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Veḷudvāreyyasuttaṃ

"世尊,當我們聽說'世尊將從跋耆出遊到摩羅'時,我們那時高興,歡喜,[想]'世尊將靠近我們'。世尊,當我們聽說'世尊已從跋耆出遊到摩羅'時,我們那時高興,歡喜,[想]'世尊靠近我們了'。" "世尊,當我們聽說'世尊將從摩羅出遊到憍薩羅'時,我們那時高興,歡喜,[想]'世尊將靠近我們'。世尊,當我們聽說'世尊已從摩羅出遊到憍薩羅'時,我們那時高興,歡喜,[想]'世尊靠近我們了'。" "世尊,當我們聽說'世尊將從憍薩羅出遊到舍衛城'時,我們那時高興,歡喜,[想]'世尊將靠近我們'。世尊,當我們聽說'世尊住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園'時,我們那時非常高興,非常歡喜,[想]'世尊靠近我們了'。" "因此,工匠們,在家生活是狹隘的,是塵垢之路,出家是開闊的。工匠們,你們應當精進。""世尊,對我們來說,除了這個狹隘外,還有另一個更狹隘、更被稱為狹隘的。""工匠們,對你們來說,除了這個狹隘外,什麼是另一個更狹隘、更被稱為狹隘的呢?" "世尊,在這裡,當憍薩羅國王波斯匿想要出遊到園林時,我們準備國王波斯匿的乘象,讓國王波斯匿喜愛的妃子們一個坐在前面,一個坐在後面。世尊,那些姐妹們有這樣的香氣,就像剛打開的香盒一樣,因為她們是用香料裝飾的王女。世尊,那些姐妹們有這樣的身體觸感,就像棉絮或木棉一樣,因為她們是養尊處優的王女。世尊,那時我們既要保護象,也要保護那些姐妹,還要保護自己。世尊,我們不記得對那些姐妹們生起過邪惡之心。世尊,這就是對我們來說,除了那個狹隘外,另一個更狹隘、更被稱為狹隘的。" "因此,工匠們,在家生活是狹隘的,是塵垢之路,出家是開闊的。工匠們,你們應當精進。工匠們,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。 "哪四法?在此,工匠們,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...以離慳垢之心住家,慷慨佈施,親手施與,樂於捨棄,樂於被乞求,樂於分享佈施。工匠們,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。 "工匠們,你們對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...家中任何應施之物,都與持戒、善法者共享。工匠們,你們認為,在憍薩羅國中,有多少人在佈施分享方面與你們相等?" "世尊,我們有幸,我們很幸運!世尊如此了知我們。"第六 7. 竹門經

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷudvāraṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – 『『samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ veḷudvāraṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – 『itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā [bhagavāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti』. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī』』ti.

Atha kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『mayaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃkāmā evaṃchandā evaṃadhippāyā – puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma, kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhaveyyāma, mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhāreyyāma, jātarūparajataṃ sādiyeyyāma, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāma. Tesaṃ no bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ evaṃkāmānaṃ evaṃchandānaṃ evaṃadhippāyānaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā mayaṃ puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma…pe… sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāmā』』ti.

『『Attūpanāyikaṃ vo, gahapatayo, dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bho』』ti kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Katamo ca, gahapatayo, attupanāyiko dhammapariyāyo? Idha, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『ahaṃ khosmi jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Yo kho maṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya』nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『yo kho me adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya』nti ! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

1. 如是我聞。一時,世尊與大比丘眾一起在憍薩羅國遊行,來到一個名叫竹門的憍薩羅國婆羅門村。竹門的婆羅門居士們聽說:"沙門喬達摩,釋迦子,從釋迦族出家,與大比丘眾一起遊行到了竹門。關於這位喬達摩尊者,有這樣的美好聲譽流傳:'這位世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。他以自己的智慧證悟后,向這包括天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門的眾生、天、人宣說。他宣說的法初善、中善、后善,有義有文,顯示完全圓滿清凈的梵行。'見到這樣的阿羅漢是好的。" 於是竹門的婆羅門居士們去世尊那裡;到后,有些人禮敬世尊後坐在一旁。有些人與世尊互相問候,寒暄後坐在一旁。有些人向世尊合掌後坐在一旁。有些人在世尊面前說出自己的姓名後坐在一旁。有些人默默地坐在一旁。坐在一旁的竹門婆羅門居士們對世尊說:"喬達摩先生,我們有這樣的慾望、這樣的意願、這樣的目標 - 我們想住在兒女擁擠的床上,享受迦尸檀香,戴花香涂香,接受金銀,身壞命終後生于善趣天界。請喬達摩先生為我們這些有這樣慾望、這樣意願、這樣目標的人說法,使我們能住在兒女擁擠的床上...（中略）...生於善趣天界。" "居士們,我將為你們說一個與自己有關的法門。請聽,好好作意,我將說。""好的,先生。"竹門的婆羅門居士們回答世尊。世尊說: "居士們,什麼是與自己有關的法門?在此,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'我想活著,不想死,想快樂,厭惡痛苦。如果有人奪取我這個想活著、不想死、想快樂、厭惡痛苦的人的生命,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我奪取別人這個想活著、不想死、想快樂、厭惡痛苦的人的生命,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,我怎麼能把它加於別人呢?'他如此思維后,自己遠離殺生,勸導他人遠離殺生,讚歎遠離殺生。這樣他的身行就在三方面清凈。 "再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人以偷盜的方式拿走我的東西,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我以偷盜的方式拿走別人的東西,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,我怎麼能把它加於別人呢?'他如此思維后,自己遠離不與取,勸導他人遠離不與取,讚歎遠離不與取。這樣他的身行就在三方面清凈。

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『yo kho me dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya』nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『yo kho me musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya』nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya [mittehi bhedeyya (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)], na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『yo kho maṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya』nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti , parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

『『So buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme …pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yato kho, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako imehi sattahi saddhammehi [dhammehi (sī.)] samannāgato hoti imehi catūhi ākaṅkhiyehi ṭhānehi, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni [khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), khīṇatiracchānayoniko (ka.)] khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete [pāṇupetaṃ (ka.)] saraṇaṃ gate』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

1. Paṭhamagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ

"再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人與我的妻子通姦,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我與別人的妻子通姦,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,我怎麼能把它加於別人呢?'他如此思維后,自己遠離邪淫,勸導他人遠離邪淫,讚歎遠離邪淫。這樣他的身行就在三方面清凈。 "再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人用妄語損害我的利益,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我用妄語損害別人的利益,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,我怎麼能把它加於別人呢?'他如此思維后,自己遠離妄語,勸導他人遠離妄語,讚歎遠離妄語。這樣他的語行就在三方面清凈。 "再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人用離間語離間我的朋友,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我用離間語離間別人的朋友,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的...（中略）...這樣他的語行就在三方面清凈。 "再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人用粗惡語對我說話,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我用粗惡語對別人說話,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說...（中略）...這樣他的語行就在三方面清凈。 "再者,居士們,聖弟子這樣思維:'如果有人用無意義的話、廢話對我說話,那對我來說不可愛、不可意。如果我用無意義的話、廢話對別人說話,那對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,對別人來說也是不可愛、不可意的。這個對我來說不可愛、不可意的法,我怎麼能把它加於別人呢?'他如此思維后,自己遠離廢話,勸導他人遠離廢話,讚歎遠離廢話。這樣他的語行就在三方面清凈。 "他對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧具足不動之信,即'世尊的聲聞僧眾善行道...（中略）...是世間無上福田'。他具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。居士們,當聖弟子具足這七正法和這四可欲處時,他若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。'" 說此已,竹門的婆羅門居士們對世尊說:"太好了,喬達摩先生...（中略）...我們歸依喬達摩尊者、法和比丘僧。愿喬達摩尊者接受我們為優婆塞,從今日起終生歸依。"第七 8. 磚屋經第一

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

『『Sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』ti?

『『Sāḷho , ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

『『Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda , dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』.

『『Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』?

『『Idha, ānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

(Tīṇipi suttantāni ekanidānāni).

1. Dutiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ

2. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『asoko nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Asokā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā…pe… asoko nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato…pe… asokā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』ti?

『『Asoko, ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi…pe… (purimaveyyākaraṇena ekanidānaṃ).

『『Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti. Navamaṃ.

1. Tatiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ

2. 如是我聞。一時,世尊住在那提迦(Ñātika)的磚屋中。那時,尊者阿難去世尊那裡;到后禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說: "世尊,名叫沙羅的比丘去世了;他的去處如何,未來如何?名叫難陀的比丘尼去世了;她的去處如何,未來如何?名叫須達多的優婆塞去世了;他的去處如何,未來如何?名叫須阇多的優婆夷去世了;她的去處如何,未來如何?" "阿難,沙羅比丘去世時,已經通過自己的智慧證悟、實現、成就了諸漏已盡的無漏心解脫、慧解脫,並住于其中。阿難,難陀比丘尼去世時,已經滅盡五下分結,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。阿難,須達多優婆塞去世時,已經滅盡三結,貪嗔癡薄,是一來者;他還會再來這個世界一次,然後作苦邊。阿難,須阇多優婆夷去世時,已經滅盡三結,是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。 "阿難,人死亡並不奇怪;如果每次有人死亡你都來問我這個問題,那會使如來疲勞。因此,阿難,我將教導一個名為'法鏡'的法門;具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。'" "阿難,什麼是'法鏡'法門,具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺'?" "阿難,在此,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。阿難,這就是'法鏡'法門,具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺'。"第八 (這三部經有相同的序言)

3. 磚屋經第二
4. 坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,名叫阿輸迦的比丘去世了;他的去處如何,未來如何?世尊,名叫阿輸迦的比丘尼去世了...（中略）...世尊,名叫阿輸迦的優婆塞去世了...（中略）...世尊,名叫阿輸迦的優婆夷去世了;她的去處如何,未來如何?" "阿難,阿輸迦比丘去世時,已經通過自己的智慧證悟、實現、成就了諸漏已盡的無漏心解脫、慧解脫,並住于其中...（中略）...（與前面的解釋相同） "阿難,這就是'法鏡'法門,具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺'。"第九

5. 磚屋經第三

6. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kakkaṭo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kaḷibho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… nikato nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… bhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… subhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo』』ti?

『『Kakkaṭo , ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kaḷibho, ānanda …pe… nikato, ānanda…pe… kaṭissaho, ānanda …pe… tuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… santuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… bhaddo, ānanda…pe… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. (Sabbe ekagatikā kātabbā).

『『Paropaññāsa, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikanavuti, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Chātirekāni kho, ānanda, pañcasatāni ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

『『Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』.

『『Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』.

『『Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

Veḷudvāravaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Rājā ogadhadīghāvu, sāriputtāpare duve;

Thapatī veḷudvāreyyā, giñjakāvasathe tayoti.

1. Rājakārāmavaggo

2. Sahassabhikkhunisaṅghasuttaṃ

3. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati rājakārāme. Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho [sahasso bhikkhunisaṃgho (sī.)] yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Catūhi kho, bhikkhuniyo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhuniyo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti, akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhuniyo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

1. Brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

2. 坐在一旁的尊者阿難對世尊說:"世尊,名叫卡卡塔的那提迦優婆塞去世了;他的去處如何,未來如何?世尊,名叫卡利巴的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫尼卡塔的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫卡提薩哈的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫圖塔的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫桑圖塔的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫巴達的那提迦優婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫蘇巴達的那提迦優婆塞去世了;他的去處如何,未來如何?" "阿難,卡卡塔優婆塞去世時,已經滅盡五下分結,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。阿難,卡利巴...（中略）...尼卡塔...（中略）...卡提薩哈...（中略）...圖塔...（中略）...桑圖塔...（中略）...巴達...（中略）...蘇巴達優婆塞去世時,已經滅盡五下分結,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。(所有人都應該說成相同的去處) "阿難,那提迦有五十多名優婆塞去世,他們已經滅盡五下分結,是化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。阿難,那提迦有九十多名優婆塞去世,他們已經滅盡三結,貪嗔癡薄,是一來者;他們還會再來這個世界一次,然後作苦邊。阿難,那提迦有五百多名優婆塞去世,他們已經滅盡三結,是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。 "阿難,人死亡並不奇怪;如果每次有人死亡你都來問我這個問題,那會使如來疲勞。因此,阿難,我將教導一個名為'法鏡'的法門;具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。'" "阿難,什麼是'法鏡'法門,具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺'?" "阿難,在此,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。阿難,這就是'法鏡'法門,具足此法門的聖弟子,若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已滅盡地獄,已滅盡畜生道,已滅盡餓鬼道,已滅盡惡趣、墮處、惡道,我是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺'。"第十 竹門品第一 其攝頌: 王、沉沒、長壽、舍利弗兩經、 工匠、竹門、磚屋三經。

3. 王園品
4. 千比丘尼眾經
5. 一時,世尊住在舍衛城的王園。那時,千比丘尼眾去世尊那裡;到后禮敬世尊,站在一旁。世尊對站在一旁的那些比丘尼說: "比丘尼們,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。哪四法?在此,比丘尼們,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘尼們,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。"第一

6. 婆羅門經

7. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . 『『Brāhmaṇā, bhikkhave, udayagāminiṃ nāma paṭipadaṃ paññapenti. Te sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti – 『ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhāya pācīnamukho yāhi. So tvaṃ mā sobbhaṃ parivajjehi, mā papātaṃ, mā khāṇuṃ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṃ [kaṇḍakaṃ ṭhānaṃ (pī. ka.)], mā candaniyaṃ, mā oḷigallaṃ. Yattha [yattheva (syā. kaṃ.), yāni vā (sī.)] papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṃ āgameyyāsi. Evaṃ tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasī』』』ti.

『『Taṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇānaṃ bālagamanametaṃ [bālānaṃ gamanametaṃ (sī.)] mūḷhagamanametaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. Ahañca kho, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye udayagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ paññapemi; yā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

『『Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā; yā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattati? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattatī』』ti. Dutiyaṃ.

1. Ānandattherasuttaṃ

2. 舍衛城因緣。"比丘們,婆羅門們宣稱有一種名為'增長之道'的修行。他們這樣教導弟子:'來吧,朋友,你應該早晨起來向東走。你不要避開水溝,不要避開懸崖,不要避開樹樁,不要避開荊棘叢,不要避開污水池,不要避開糞坑。你可能跌倒的地方就是你會死的地方。朋友,這樣你身壞命終后就會生於善趣、天界。'" "比丘們,這是婆羅門們愚蠢的做法,愚昧的做法,不能導向厭離、離欲、滅盡、寂靜、通達、正覺、涅槃。比丘們,我在聖者的律中宣說'增長之道'的修行;它能完全導向厭離、離欲、滅盡、寂靜、通達、正覺、涅槃。" "比丘們,什麼是'增長之道'的修行,能完全導向厭離...（中略）...涅槃?在此,比丘們,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘們,這就是'增長之道'的修行,能完全導向厭離...（中略）...涅槃。"第二

3. 阿難長老經

4. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca sāriputto sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『katinaṃ kho, āvuso ānanda , dhammānaṃ pahānā, katinaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti? 『『Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ pahānā, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti.

『『Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Yathārūpena kho, āvuso, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe aveccappasādo hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā』』ti.

『『Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme aveccappasādo hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… viññūhīti.

『『Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.

『『Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dussīlyaṃ na hoti. Yathārūpehi ca kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpāni ariyakantāni sīlāni honti akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānā imesaṃ catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti. Tatiyaṃ.

1. Duggatibhayasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

3. Duggativinipātabhayasuttaṃ

4. 『『Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

5. Paṭhamamittāmaccasuttaṃ

6. 一時,尊者阿難和尊者舍利弗住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者舍利弗在傍晚從禪修中起來,去尊者阿難那裡;到后與尊者阿難互相問候。寒暄後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗對尊者阿難說:"賢友阿難,捨棄多少法、具足多少法,世尊宣說這些人是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺?" "賢友,捨棄四法、具足四法,世尊宣說這些人是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。" "哪四法?賢友,未聞法的凡夫具足對佛的不信,身壞命終後生于惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄,他沒有這樣的對佛的不信。賢友,多聞聖弟子具足對佛的不動之信,身壞命終後生于善趣、天界,他有這樣的對佛的不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。" "賢友,未聞法的凡夫具足對法的不信,身壞命終後生于惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄,他沒有這樣的對法的不信。賢友,多聞聖弟子具足對法的不動之信,身壞命終後生于善趣、天界,他有這樣的對法的不動之信,即'法為世尊善說...（中略）...智者自知'。" "賢友,未聞法的凡夫具足對僧的不信,身壞命終後生于惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄,他沒有這樣的對僧的不信。賢友,多聞聖弟子具足對僧的不動之信,身壞命終後生于善趣、天界,他有這樣的對僧的不動之信,即'世尊的聲聞僧眾善行道...（中略）...是世間無上福田'。" "賢友,未聞法的凡夫具足不善戒,身壞命終後生于惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄,他沒有這樣的不善戒。賢友,多聞聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒,身壞命終後生于善趣、天界,他有這樣的聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。賢友,捨棄這四法、具足這四法,世尊宣說這些人是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。"第三

7. 惡趣怖畏經
8. "比丘們,具足四法的聖弟子超越一切惡趣怖畏。哪四法?在此,比丘們,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘們,具足這四法的聖弟子超越一切惡趣怖畏。"第四
9. 惡趣墮處怖畏經
10. "比丘們,具足四法的聖弟子超越一切惡趣墮處怖畏。哪四法?在此,比丘們,聖弟子對佛具足不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘們,具足這四法的聖弟子超越一切惡趣墮處怖畏。"第五

11. 朋友親戚經第一

12. 『『Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā , nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha , ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

13. Dutiyamittāmaccasuttaṃ

14. 『『Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā』』ti.

『『Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatī』』ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. 『『Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave , imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

1. Paṭhamadevacārikasuttaṃ

2. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –

『『Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… sādhu kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī』』ti.

『『Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Dutiyadevacārikasuttaṃ

2. "比丘們,那些你們應該同情的人,那些你們認為應該聽從的人 - 朋友、親戚、親屬、血親 - 你們應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們於四預流支。哪四支?應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于對佛的不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘們,那些你們應該同情的人,那些你們認為應該聽從的人 - 朋友、親戚、親屬、血親 - 你們應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于這四預流支。"第六

3. 朋友親戚經第二
4. "比丘們,那些你們應該同情的人,那些你們認為應該聽從的人 - 朋友、親戚、親屬、血親 - 你們應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們於四預流支。哪四支?應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于對佛的不動之信,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。" "比丘們,四大元素 - 地界、水界、火界、風界 - 可能會改變,但具足對佛不動之信的聖不會改變。這裡的改變是指:具足對佛不動之信的聖會生於地獄、畜生道或餓鬼道 - 這是不可能的。對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于聖者所愛戒,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。比丘們,四大元素 - 地界、水界、火界、風界 - 可能會改變,但具足聖者所愛戒的聖不會改變。這裡的改變是指:具足聖者所愛戒的聖會生於地獄、畜生道或餓鬼道 - 這是不可能的。比丘們,那些你們應該同情的人,那些你們認為應該聽從的人 - 朋友、親戚、親屬、血親 - 你們應該勸導他們、安置他們、建立他們于這四預流支。"第七
5. 游天經第一
6. 舍衛城因緣。那時,尊者大目犍連 - 就像強壯的人伸直彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸直的手臂一樣 - 從祇園消失,出現在三十三天。那時,許多三十三天的天神去尊者大目犍連那裡;到后禮敬尊者大目犍連,站在一旁。尊者大目犍連對站在一旁的那些天神說: "朋友們,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。朋友們,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。朋友們,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。朋友們,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。" "尊者目犍連,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。尊者目犍連,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。尊者目犍連,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。尊者目犍連,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。"第八

7. 游天經第二

8. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –

『『Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā』』ti.

『『Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā』』ti. Navamaṃ.

1. Tatiyadevacārikasuttaṃ

2. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, āvuso , dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti.

『『Sādhu kho, mārisa, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, mārisa, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

Rājakārāmavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sahassabrāhmaṇānanda , duggati apare duve;

Mittāmaccā duve vuttā, tayo ca devacārikāti.

1. Saraṇānivaggo

2. Paṭhamamahānāmasuttaṃ

3. 舍衛城因緣。那時,尊者大目犍連 - 就像強壯的人伸直彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸直的手臂一樣 - 從祇園消失,出現在三十三天。那時,許多三十三天的天神去尊者大目犍連那裡;到后禮敬尊者大目犍連,站在一旁。尊者大目犍連對站在一旁的那些天神說: "朋友們,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。朋友們,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。朋友們,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。朋友們,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。" "尊者目犍連,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。尊者目犍連,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。尊者目犍連,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。尊者目犍連,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這裡有些眾生身壞命終後生于善趣、天界。"第九

4. 游天經第三
5. 那時,世尊 - 就像強壯的人伸直彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸直的手臂一樣 - 從祇園消失,出現在三十三天。那時,許多三十三天的天神去世尊那裡;到后禮敬世尊,站在一旁。世尊對站在一旁的那些天神說: "朋友們,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。朋友們,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這裡有些眾生是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。朋友們,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。朋友們,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這裡有些眾生是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。" "尊者,具足對佛的不動之信是好的,即'世尊是阿羅漢...（中略）...天人師、佛、世尊'。尊者,因為具足對佛的不動之信,所以這些眾生是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。尊者,具足對法...（中略）...對僧...（中略）...具足聖者所愛戒是好的,即無缺...（中略）...導向定。尊者,因為具足聖者所愛戒,所以這些眾生是預流者,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。"第十 王園品第二 其攝頌: 千[比丘尼]、婆羅門、阿難、 兩惡趣[經]、兩朋友親戚[經]、 三游天[經]。
6. 歸依品

7. 摩訶男經第一

8. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi [vibbhantenapi (sī.), bhamantenapi (ka.)] hatthinā samāgacchāmi ; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva [musateva (?)] bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati [musati (?)] dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – 『imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』』ti?

『『Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā [kālakiriyā (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sutaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ cāgaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko [cātummahābhūtiko (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā [sigālā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi.

『『Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīraṃ udakarahadaṃ ogāhitvā bhindeyya. Tatra yā assa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā [kathalā (pī. ka.)] vā sā adhogāmī assa, yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā taṃ uddhagāmi assa visesagāmi. Evameva kho, mahānāma, yassa kassaci dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi. Tuyhaṃ kho pana, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ . Mā bhāyi, mahānāma , mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā』』ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

1. Dutiyamahānāmasuttaṃ

2. 如是我聞：一時，世尊住在釋迦族中，迦毗羅衛城（現尼泊爾藍毗尼附近）尼拘律園。那時，釋迦族的摩訶男來到世尊所在之處。來到后，向世尊禮敬，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男對世尊如是說："尊者，這迦毗羅衛城富足繁榮，人口眾多，街道擁擠。尊者，我在傍晚時分拜見過世尊或值得尊敬的比丘後進入迦毗羅衛城時，有時會遇到奔馳的大象；有時會遇到奔馳的馬；有時會遇到奔馳的馬車；有時會遇到奔馳的牛車；有時會遇到奔跑的人。尊者，那時我對世尊的念頭消失了，對法的念頭消失了，對僧的念頭消失了。尊者，我就這樣想：'如果我此時死去，我的去處會是哪裡，來世會是什麼樣子？'" "摩訶男，不要害怕！摩訶男，不要害怕！你的死亡將是善的，命終將是善的。摩訶男，任何人長期以信心培育心，以戒行培育心，以聞法培育心，以佈施培育心，以智慧培育心，他的這個由四大組成的色身，由父母所生，依賴飯食長養，是無常的、需要塗抹、按摩、破壞、毀滅的法。烏鴉會在這裡啄食它，禿鷹會啄食它，鷂鷹會啄食它，狗會啄食它，豺狼會啄食它，各種生物會啄食它；而他那長期以信心培育……乃至……以智慧培育的心，則會上升，會特別上升。 "摩訶男，就像一個人把一罐酥油或一罐油沉入深水中打破。其中的砂石碎片會下沉，而其中的酥油或油則會上升，會特別上升。同樣地，摩訶男，任何人長期以信心培育心……乃至……以智慧培育心，他的這個由四大組成的色身，由父母所生，依賴飯食長養，是無常的、需要塗抹、按摩、破壞、毀滅的法。烏鴉會在這裡啄食它，禿鷹會啄食它，鷂鷹會啄食它，狗會啄食它，豺狼會啄食它，各種生物會啄食它；而他那長期以信心培育……乃至……以智慧培育的心，則會上升，會特別上升。摩訶男，你長期以信心培育心……乃至……以智慧培育心。摩訶男，不要害怕！摩訶男，不要害怕！你的死亡將是善的，命終將是善的。" 第一經

3. 第二摩訶男經

4. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – 『imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo』』』ti?

『『Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā. Catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe …pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

『『Seyyathāpi , mahānāma, rukkho pācīnaninno pācīnapoṇo pācīnapabbhāro, so mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā』』ti? 『『Yena, bhante, ninno yena poṇo yena pabbhāro』』ti. 『『Evameva kho, mahānāma, imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro』』ti. Dutiyaṃ.

1. Godhasakkasuttaṃ

2. 如是我聞：一時，世尊住在釋迦族中，迦毗羅衛城（現尼泊爾藍毗尼附近）尼拘律園。那時，釋迦族的摩訶男來到世尊所在之處。來到后，向世尊禮敬，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男對世尊如是說："尊者，這迦毗羅衛城富足繁榮，人口眾多，街道擁擠。尊者，我在傍晚時分拜見過世尊或值得尊敬的比丘後進入迦毗羅衛城時，有時會遇到奔馳的大象；有時會遇到奔馳的馬；有時會遇到奔馳的馬車；有時會遇到奔馳的牛車；有時會遇到奔跑的人。尊者，那時我對世尊的念頭消失了，對法的念頭消失了，對僧的念頭消失了。尊者，我就這樣想：'如果我此時死去，我的去處會是哪裡，來世會是什麼樣子？'" "摩訶男，不要害怕！摩訶男，不要害怕！你的死亡將是善的，命終將是善的。摩訶男，具足四法的聖弟子傾向涅槃，趨向涅槃，歸向涅槃。哪四法？摩訶男，在此，聖弟子具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺者……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。'對法……對僧……具足聖者所喜愛的戒，即無缺失的……乃至……導向定的戒。 "摩訶男，譬如一棵樹傾向東方，趨向東方，歸向東方，如果它的根被砍斷，它會倒向哪個方向？""尊者，它會倒向它所傾向、趨向、歸向的方向。""同樣地，摩訶男，具足這四法的聖弟子傾向涅槃，趨向涅槃，歸向涅槃。" 第二經

3. 瞿曇釋迦經

4. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca – 『『katihi [katīhi (pī. ka.) rūpasiddhi oloketabbā] tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa』』nti?

『『Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ.

『『Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katihi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa』』nti? 『『Catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa』』nti.

『『Āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā』』ti. 『『Āyāma, godhe, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāmā』』ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko godhā ca sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

『『Idhāhaṃ , bhante, yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – 『katihi tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ』? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca –

『『Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katamehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa』』nti?

『『Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ, bhante, godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – 『catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa』』』nti.

1. 發生在迦毗羅衛城。那時，釋迦族的摩訶男來到釋迦族的瞿曇所在之處。來到后，對瞿曇釋迦如是說："瞿曇，你認為具足幾種法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺？" "摩訶男，我認為具足三法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。哪三法？摩訶男，在此，聖弟子具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺者……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。'對法……對僧具足不動信心——'世尊的聲聞僧眾是善行道者……乃至……是世間無上福田。'摩訶男，我認為具足這三法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。 "那麼，摩訶男，你認為具足幾種法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺？""瞿曇，我認為具足四法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。哪四法？瞿曇，在此，聖弟子具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺者……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。'對法……對僧……具足聖者所喜愛的戒，即無缺失的……乃至……導向定的戒。瞿曇，我認為具足這四法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。" "摩訶男，你等一等！摩訶男，你等一等！只有世尊才能知道是否具足這些法。""瞿曇，我們去見世尊吧，去了之後我們將把這件事告訴世尊。"於是摩訶男釋迦和瞿曇釋迦來到世尊所在之處。來到后，向世尊禮敬，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男釋迦對世尊如是說： "尊者，我來到瞿曇釋迦所在之處。來到后，我對瞿曇釋迦如是說：'瞿曇，你認為具足幾種法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺？'尊者，當我這樣說時，瞿曇釋迦對我如是說： '摩訶男，我認為具足三法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。哪三法？摩訶男，在此，聖弟子具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺者……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。'對法……對僧具足不動信心——'世尊的聲聞僧眾是善行道者……乃至……是世間無上福田。'摩訶男，我認為具足這三法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。那麼，摩訶男，你認為具足哪些法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺？' "尊者，當他這樣說時，我對瞿曇釋迦如是說：'瞿曇，我認為具足四法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。哪四法？瞿曇，在此，聖弟子具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺者……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。'對法……對僧……具足聖者所喜愛的戒，即無缺失的……乃至……導向定的戒。瞿曇，我認為具足這四法的人是預流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。'"

『『Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca – 『āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā』』』ti. 『『Idha , bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca upāsakā ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo sadevako ca loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretū』』ti. 『『Evaṃvādī tvaṃ, godhe, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ kiṃ vadesī』』ti? 『『Evaṃvādāhaṃ, bhante, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ na kiñci vadāmi, aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā』』ti. Tatiyaṃ.

1. Paṭhamasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ

這樣說時，尊者，釋迦族的喬陀對我說道："等一等，大名，等一等，大名！世尊才能知道是否具備這些法。" "在這裡，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一邊是世尊，一邊是比丘僧團。我會站在世尊那一邊。尊者，請世尊記住我如此信仰。在這裡，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一邊是世尊，一邊是比丘僧團和比丘尼僧團。我會站在世尊那一邊。尊者，請世尊記住我如此信仰。在這裡，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一邊是世尊，一邊是比丘僧團、比丘尼僧團和優婆塞。我會站在世尊那一邊。尊者，請世尊記住我如此信仰。在這裡，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一邊是世尊，一邊是比丘僧團、比丘尼僧團、優婆塞和優婆夷。我會站在世尊那一邊。尊者，請世尊記住我如此信仰。在這裡，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一邊是世尊，一邊是比丘僧團、比丘尼僧團、優婆塞、優婆夷和包括天神、魔羅、梵天在內的世界，以及包括沙門、婆羅門在內的人天。我會站在世尊那一邊。尊者，請世尊記住我如此信仰。" "喬陀啊，你這樣說，對釋迦族的大名你說什麼呢？" "尊者，我這樣說，對釋迦族的大名我什麼也不說，除了善良的，除了善巧的。" 第三。 4. 第一歸依釋迦經

1. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni [sarakāni (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – 『『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – 『『acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – 『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī』』ti.

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – 『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – 『『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotapanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – 『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī』』ti.

『『Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – 『dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato』ti, saraṇāni sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni , mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato. So kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!

『『Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato. So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā [asmā (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] lokā. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

1. 迦毗羅衛因緣 當時，釋迦族的薩拉那尼去世了。他被世尊宣稱為"已入流，必不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺"。於是，許多釋迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、責備、批評說："真是奇怪啊，真是稀有啊！如今誰不是入流者呢！既然薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了，他被世尊宣稱為'已入流，必不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'。薩拉那尼釋迦族人違背了學處，飲酒了。" 這時，釋迦族的摩訶男走近世尊。走近后，向世尊禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的釋迦族摩訶男對世尊說："尊者，這裡薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了。他被世尊宣稱為'已入流，必不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'。在那裡，尊者，許多釋迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、責備、批評說：'真是奇怪啊，真是稀有啊！如今誰不是入流者呢！既然薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了，他被世尊宣稱為'已入流，必不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'。薩拉那尼釋迦族人違背了學處，飲酒了。'" "摩訶男啊，一個長期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞，他怎麼會墮落呢！摩訶男啊，如果正確地說，應該說：'長期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞'，那麼正確地說，應該說薩拉那尼釋迦族人。摩訶男啊，薩拉那尼釋迦族人長期是皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞。他怎麼會墮落呢！ 摩訶男啊，這裡有一類人具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法......對僧......具足敏銳的智慧、迅速的智慧，也具足解脫。他通過諸漏的滅盡，在現法中自己證知、證悟、成就並安住于無漏的心解脫、慧解脫。摩訶男啊，這類人也解脫了地獄、解脫了畜生道、解脫了餓鬼界、解脫了惡趣、墮落、苦界。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有一類人具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法......對僧......具足敏銳的智慧、迅速的智慧，但不具足解脫。他因五下分結的滅盡而成為化生者，在那裡般涅槃，不從那個世界回來。摩訶男啊，這類人也解脫了地獄、解脫了畜生道、解脫了餓鬼界、解脫了惡趣、墮落、苦界。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有一類人具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法......對僧......不具足敏銳的智慧，不具足迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫。他因三結的滅盡，以及貪、嗔、癡的減弱而成為一來者，還要再來此世間一次就能作苦的終結。摩訶男啊，這類人也解脫了地獄、解脫了畜生道、解脫了餓鬼界、解脫了惡趣、墮落、苦界。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有一類人具足對佛的不動信心——'世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊'。對法......對僧......不具足敏銳的智慧，不具足迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫。他因三結的滅盡而成為入流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。摩訶男啊，這類人也解脫了地獄、解脫了畜生道、解脫了餓鬼界、解脫了惡趣、墮落、苦界。

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. Api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato, api cassa ime dhammā honti saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ. Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ājāneyyuṃ, ime cāhaṃ [imevāhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), imesāhaṃ (ka.)] mahāsāle byākareyyaṃ – 『sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』ti; kimaṅgaṃ [kimaṅga (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhaṃ samādiyī』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

1. Dutiyasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ

以下是完整的直譯： "在此，大名，某些人並不具備對佛陀的堅定信心...對法...對僧...既不具備快速的智慧，也不具備敏捷的智慧，也不具備解脫。然而，他們具有這些法：信根、精進根、念根、定根、慧根。如來所宣說的法，他們能以智慧稍加思考而接受。大名，這樣的人也不會去地獄、不會去畜生道、不會去餓鬼界、不會去惡趣、苦趣、墮落處。 在此，大名，某些人並不具備對佛陀的堅定信心...對法...對僧...既不具備快速的智慧，也不具備敏捷的智慧，也不具備解脫，然而他們具有這些法：信根...慧根。他們對如來只有少許信心和愛慕。大名，這樣的人也不會去地獄、不會去畜生道、不會去餓鬼界、不會去惡趣、苦趣、墮落處。大名，即使這些大沙羅樹能夠分辨善說和惡說，我也會宣稱這些大沙羅樹是'預流果，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'，何況是娑羅那尼釋迦族人呢？大名，娑羅那尼釋迦族人在臨終時受持了學處。"第四。 5. 第二娑羅那尼釋迦經

我理解了您的要求。我會按照以下原則進行翻譯: 完整直譯成簡體中文,不進行意譯或縮略。 即使原文有重複部分,也會照原樣翻譯,不省略。 在章節編號數字後加反斜槓。 不對巴利文進行對照輸出。 遇到對仗詩歌體時,譯文也會盡量保持對仗。 對於古代地名,如果有把握註解現代地名,會在括號中標註。 確保輸出完整,不會出現脫句。 請提供需要翻譯的具體文字,我會按照上述要求進行翻譯。如果您還有任何其他具體要求,也請告訴我,我會盡力滿足。

1. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – 『『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – 『『acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – 『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī』』ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

『『Idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – 『sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – 『acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī』』』ti.

『『Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – 『dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato』, saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!

『『Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato . So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti, upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

1. 迦毗羅衛因緣 當時，釋迦族人薩拉那尼去世了。世尊曾宣稱他："已入流，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。"於是，許多釋迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、不滿、批評說："真是奇怪啊，真是不可思議啊！現在誰不是入流者呢！既然薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了，世尊宣稱他'已入流，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'。薩拉那尼釋迦族人是未圓滿學處的人啊。" 這時，釋迦族人摩訶男來到世尊處。來到后，向世尊禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的釋迦族人摩訶男對世尊說： "世尊，這裡薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了。世尊宣稱他'已入流，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺'。在那裡，世尊，許多釋迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、不滿、批評說：'真是奇怪啊，真是不可思議啊！現在誰不是入流者呢！既然薩拉那尼釋迦族人去世了，世尊宣稱他已入流，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。薩拉那尼釋迦族人是未圓滿學處的人啊。'" "摩訶男啊，長期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞，他怎麼會墮落呢！摩訶男啊，如果正確地說，應該說：'長期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞'，這樣說薩拉那尼釋迦族人才是正確的。摩訶男啊，薩拉那尼釋迦族人長期是皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的優婆塞，他怎麼會墮落呢！ 摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛具有不動搖的信心 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...他具有敏銳的智慧、迅速的智慧，並具足解脫。他因諸漏盡，于現法中自知自證，具足安住于無漏的心解脫、慧解脫。摩訶男啊，這個人也解脫了地獄，解脫了畜生界，解脫了餓鬼界，解脫了惡趣、墮落、險難。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛具有不動搖的信心 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...他具有敏銳的智慧、迅速的智慧，但不具足解脫。他因五下分結盡而成為中般涅槃者、生般涅槃者、無行般涅槃者、有行般涅槃者、上流至色究竟天者。摩訶男啊，這個人也解脫了地獄，解脫了畜生界，解脫了餓鬼界，解脫了惡趣、墮落、險難。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛具有不動搖的信心 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...他既不具有敏銳的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫。他因三結盡，貪、嗔、癡薄，成為一來者，還要再來此世一次便能作苦邊。摩訶男啊，這個人也解脫了地獄，解脫了畜生界，解脫了餓鬼界，解脫了惡趣、墮落、險難。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛具有不動搖的信心 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...他既不具有敏銳的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫。他因三結盡，成為入流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。摩訶男啊，這個人也解脫了地獄，解脫了畜生界，解脫了餓鬼界，解脫了惡趣、墮

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno…pe… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ …pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

『『Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

『『Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṃ dubbhūmaṃ avihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni [asukhāpassayitāni (ka.)], devo ca na sammā [devo pana sammā (syā. kaṃ.), devo na sammā (ka.) dī. ni. 2.438] dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu』』nti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto [dvākkhāto (pī. ka.)] hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ dukkhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ dubbījasmiṃ vadāmi』』.

『『Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṃ subhūmaṃ suvihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; devo ca [devo cassa (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu』』nti? 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo svākkhāto hoti suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ sukhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ subījasmiṃ vadāmi. Kimaṅgaṃ pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ! Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhāya paripūrakārī ahosī』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

1. Paṭhamaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ

再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛並不具有不動搖的信心...對法...對僧...他既不具有敏銳的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫；但是他具有這些法：信根...慧根。如來所宣說的法，他以智慧稍加思考就能接受。摩訶男啊，這個人也不會去地獄，不會去畜生界，不會去餓鬼界，不會去惡趣、墮落、險難。 再者，摩訶男啊，這裡有人對佛並不具有不動搖的信心...對法...對僧...他既不具有敏銳的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脫；但是他具有這些法：信根...慧根。他對如來只有少許信心和愛慕。摩訶男啊，這個人也不會去地獄，不會去畜生界，不會去餓鬼界，不會去惡趣、墮落、險難。 摩訶男啊，就像劣等的田地，劣等的土壤，未清除樹樁，種子又破損、腐爛、被風日所損，無精華，未妥善存放，天又不適時降雨。這些種子能否生長、發芽、茂盛呢？"不能，世尊。""同樣地，摩訶男啊，這裡法被錯誤宣說，被錯誤傳授，不能引導出離，不能導向寂靜，不是正等覺者所宣說的 - 我說這是劣等的田地。在這樣的法中，弟子安住，隨法而行，正確地實踐，隨法而行 - 我說這是劣等的種子。 摩訶男啊，就像優良的田地，優良的土壤，已清除樹樁，種子又完整、未腐爛、未被風日所損，有精華，妥善存放，天又適時降雨。這些種子能否生長、發芽、茂盛呢？"能，世尊。""同樣地，摩訶男啊，這裡法被善說，被善傳授，能引導出離，能導向寂靜，是正等覺者所宣說的 - 我說這是優良的田地。在這樣的法中，弟子安住，隨法而行，正確地實踐，隨法而行 - 我說這是優良的種子。更何況是薩拉那尼釋迦族人！摩訶男啊，薩拉那尼釋迦族人在臨終時是圓滿學處的。" 第五 6. 第一給孤

1. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vanda – 『anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandatī』ti. Evañca vadehi – 『sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti.

『『Evaṃ , bhante』』ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –

『『Anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – 『sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – 『『kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo』』ti? 『『Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo』』ti.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpo te buddhe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, buddhe aveccappasādo – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca pana te buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te dhamme appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, dhamme aveccappasādo – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca pana te dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te saṅghe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, saṅghe aveccappasādo – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca pana te saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te dussīlyaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, ariyakantāni sīlāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Tāni ca pana te ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchādiṭṭhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammādiṭṭhi. Tañca pana te sammādiṭṭhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsaṅkappena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsaṅkappo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsaṅkappo. Tañca pana te sammāsaṅkappaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

1. 舍衛城因緣 當時，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。於是給孤獨長者對一個人說："來吧，朋友，你去尊者舍利弗那裡；到了之後，以我的名義頂禮尊者舍利弗的雙足，說：'尊者，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。他頂禮尊者舍利弗的雙足。'然後這樣說：'善哉，尊者，請尊者舍利弗出於慈悲，前往給孤獨長者的住所。'" "是的，尊者。"那人答應了給孤獨長者，就去尊者舍利弗那裡。到了之後，向尊者舍利弗禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那人對尊者舍利弗說： "尊者，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。他頂禮尊者舍利弗的雙足。他這樣說：'善哉，尊者，請尊者舍利弗出於慈悲，前往給孤獨長者的住所。'"尊者舍利弗以沉默表示同意。 於是尊者舍利弗在上午時分穿好衣服，拿著缽和衣，以尊者阿難為隨從，前往給孤獨長者的住所。到了之後，坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後，尊者舍利弗對給孤獨長者說："長者，你還好嗎？還能維持嗎？痛苦是否減輕，沒有加重？是否顯示減輕的跡象，而不是加重？""尊者，我不好，不能維持。劇烈的痛苦在加重，沒有減輕；顯示加重的跡象，而不是減輕。" "長者，就像不信佛的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的不信佛。相反，長者，你對佛有不動搖的信心 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。當你觀察到自己有這樣對佛的不動搖信心時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像不信法的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的不信法。相反，長者，你對法有不動搖的信心 - 法為世尊善說...智者自知。當你觀察到自己有這樣對法的不動搖信心時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像不信僧的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的不信僧。相反，長者，你對僧有不動搖的信心 - 世尊的聲聞僧眾是善行道者...是世間無上福田。當你觀察到自己有這樣對僧的不動搖信心時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像不持戒的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的不持戒。相反，長者，你有聖者所愛戴的戒...導向定。當你觀察到自己有這樣聖者所愛戴的戒時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪見的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪見。相反，長者，你有正見。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正見時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪思惟的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪思惟。相反，長者，你有正思惟。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正思惟時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。

『『Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvācāya samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvācā natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvācā. Tañca pana te sammāvācaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchākammantena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchākammanto natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammākammanto. Tañca pana te sammākammantaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāājīvena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāājīvo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāājīvo. Tañca pana te sammāājīvaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāvāyāmena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāvāyāmo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvāyāmo. Tañca pana te sammāvāyāmaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāsatiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāsati natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsati. Tañca pana te sammāsatiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsamādhinā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsamādhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsamādhi. Tañca pana te sammāsamādhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāñāṇena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te micchāñāṇaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāñāṇaṃ. Tañca pana te sammāñāṇaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

『『Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvimuttiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvimutti natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvimutti. Tañca pana te sammāvimuttiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyyā』』ti.

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambhiṃsu. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantañca sāriputtaṃ āyasmantañca ānandaṃ sakeneva thālipākena parivisi. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcāsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ āyasmā sāriputto imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

『『Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

『『Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti [adaḷiddoti (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

『『Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana』』nti.

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『handa! Kuto nu tvaṃ, ānanda, āgacchasi divādivassā』』ti? 『『Āyasmatā, bhante, sāriputtena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati iminā ca iminā ca ovādena ovadito』』ti. 『『Paṇḍito, ānanda, sāriputto; mahāpañño, ānanda, sāriputto, yatra hi nāma cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni dasahākārehi vibhajissatī』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Dutiyaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ

長者，就像有邪語的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪語。相反，長者，你有正語。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正語時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪業的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪業。相反，長者，你有正業。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正業時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪命的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪命。相反，長者，你有正命。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正命時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪精進的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪精進。相反，長者，你有正精進。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正精進時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪念的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪念。相反，長者，你有正念。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正念時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪定的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪定。相反，長者，你有正定。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正定時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪智的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪智。相反，長者，你有正智。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正智時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。 長者，就像有邪解脫的無聞凡夫，身壞命終後會生於惡趣、惡道、墮處、地獄，你沒有這樣的邪解脫。相反，長者，你有正解脫。當你觀察到自己有這樣的正解脫時，你的痛苦可能立即平息。" 於是給孤獨長者的痛苦立即平息了。然後給孤獨長者親自用自己準備的食物供養尊者舍利弗和尊者阿難。然後給孤獨長者在尊者舍利弗用餐完畢、洗凈手缽后，取一低座，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的給孤獨長者，尊者舍利弗以這些偈頌隨喜： "誰對如來有信心，堅固不動善建立； 誰有美好的戒行，聖者所愛受稱讚。 誰對僧團有凈信，見解正直且清凈； 稱他不貧有福德，他的生命不虛度。 因此智者應勤修，信心戒行及凈信， 法見分明常憶念，佛陀教導不忘失。" 然後尊者舍利弗以這些偈頌隨喜給孤獨長者后，從座位起身離開。 然後尊者阿難來到世尊處。來到后，向世尊禮拜，然後坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的尊者阿難說："來吧！阿難，你這大白天從哪裡來？""世尊，尊者舍利弗以這樣這樣的教誡教導給孤獨長者。""阿難，舍利弗是智者；阿難，舍利弗是大智慧者，他能以十種方式解說四入流支。" 第六 7. 第二給孤獨

1. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vanda – 『anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandatī』ti. Evañca vadehi – 『sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti.

『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – 『『anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – 『sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā』』』ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā ānando tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – 『『kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo』』ti? 『『Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo』』ti.

『『Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano buddhe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa buddhe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dhamme appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dhamme appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano saṅghe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa saṅghe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dussīlyena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dussīlyaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca panassa buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca panassa dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca panassa saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

1. 舍衛城因緣 當時，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。於是給孤獨長者對一個人說："來吧，朋友，你去尊者阿難那裡；到了之後，以我的名義頂禮尊者阿難的雙足，說：'尊者，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。他頂禮尊者阿難的雙足。'然後這樣說：'善哉，尊者，請尊者阿難出于慈悲，前往給孤獨長者的住所。'" "是的，尊者。"那人答應了給孤獨長者，就去尊者阿難那裡。到了之後，向尊者阿難禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那人對尊者阿難說："尊者，給孤獨長者生病了，痛苦，重病。他頂禮尊者阿難的雙足。他這樣說：'善哉，尊者，請尊者阿難出于慈悲，前往給孤獨長者的住所。'"尊者阿難以沉默表示同意。 於是尊者阿難在上午時分穿好衣服，拿著缽和衣，前往給孤獨長者的住所。到了之後，坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後，尊者阿難對給孤獨長者說："長者，你還好嗎？還能維持嗎？痛苦是否減輕，沒有加重？是否顯示減輕的跡象，而不是加重？""尊者，我不好，不能維持。劇烈的痛苦在加重，沒有減輕；顯示加重的跡象，而不是減輕。" "長者，具有四法的無聞凡夫會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。哪四法？長者，這裡無聞凡夫對佛不具足凈信。當他觀察到自己對佛不具足凈信時，會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。 再者，長者，無聞凡夫對法不具足凈信。當他觀察到自己對法不具足凈信時，會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。 再者，長者，無聞凡夫對僧不具足凈信。當他觀察到自己對僧不具足凈信時，會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。 再者，長者，無聞凡夫不持戒。當他觀察到自己不持戒時，會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。長者，具有這四法的無聞凡夫會有恐懼，會有戰慄，會有對來世的死亡恐懼。 長者，具有四法的多聞聖弟子沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。哪四法？長者，這裡多聞聖弟子對佛具有不動搖的凈信 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。當他觀察到自己對佛具有不動搖的凈信時，沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。 再者，長者，多聞聖弟子對法具有不動搖的凈信 - 法為世尊善說...智者自知。當他觀察到自己對法具有不動搖的凈信時，沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。 再者，長者，多聞聖弟子對僧具有不動搖的凈信 - 世尊的聲聞僧眾是善行道者...是世間無上福田。當他觀察到自己對僧具有不動搖的凈信時，沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。

『『Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Tāni ca panassa ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhaya』』nti.

『『Nāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, bhāyāmi. Kyāhaṃ bhāyissāmi! Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā gihisāmīcikāni sikkhāpadāni desitāni, nāhaṃ tesaṃ kiñci attani khaṇḍaṃ samanupassāmī』』ti . 『『Lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṃ te, gahapati! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, gahapati, byākata』』nti. Sattamaṃ.

1. Paṭhamabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ

2. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni ca honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni [khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (sabbattha)] khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』.

『『Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.

『『Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.

『『Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; iti imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati; yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho…pe… phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayamassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho.

『『Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho . So ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Dutiyabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ

再者，長者，多聞聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒，無缺漏...導向定。當他觀察到自己具有這些聖者所愛戒時，沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。長者，具有這四法的多聞聖弟子沒有恐懼，沒有戰慄，沒有對來世的死亡恐懼。" "尊者阿難，我不害怕。我為什麼要害怕呢！尊者，我對佛具有不動搖的凈信 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧具有不動搖的凈信 - 世尊的聲聞僧眾是善行道者...是世間無上福田。尊者，關於世尊所說的在家人應遵守的學處，我沒有看到自己有任何破壞。""長者，你有所得，長者，你有善得！長者，你已宣說了入流果。" 第七 8. 第一恐懼怨敵平息經 1024. 舍衛城因緣。世尊對坐在一旁的給孤獨長者說："長者，當聖弟子的五種恐懼怨敵平息了，具足四入流支，以智慧善見、善通達聖理，他若願意，可以自己宣說自己：'我已盡地獄，已盡畜生界，已盡餓鬼界，已盡惡趣、墮落、險難；我是入流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。' 哪五種恐懼怨敵平息了？長者，殺生者因殺生而在現法中生起恐懼怨敵，在來世中生起恐懼怨敵，內心感受痛苦憂惱。對於離殺生者，這種恐懼怨敵就平息了。長者，不與取者...長者，邪淫者...長者，妄語者...長者，飲酒放逸者因飲酒放逸而在現法中生起恐懼怨敵，在來世中生起恐懼怨敵，內心感受痛苦憂惱。對於離飲酒放逸者，這種恐懼怨敵就平息了。這五種恐懼怨敵平息了。 具足哪四入流支？長者，這裡聖弟子對佛具有不動搖的凈信 - 如是世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。對法...對僧...具足聖者所愛戒，無缺漏...導向定。他具足這四入流支。 什麼是他以智慧善見、善通達的聖理？長者，這裡聖弟子善正思惟緣起：此有故彼有，此生故彼生；此無故彼無，此滅故彼滅。即無明緣行，行緣識...如是這整個苦蘊集起。由於無明的無餘離貪滅，行滅...觸滅故受滅，受滅故愛滅...如是這整個苦蘊滅。這是他以智慧善見、善通達的聖理。 長者，當聖弟子的這五種恐懼怨敵平息了，具足這四入流支，以智慧善見、善通達這聖理，他若願意，可以自己宣說自己：'我已盡地獄，已盡畜生界，已盡餓鬼界，已盡惡趣、墮落、險難；我是入流者，不墮惡趣，決定趣向正覺。'" 第八 9. 第二恐懼怨敵平息經

1. Sāvatthinidānaṃ…pe… 『『yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho; so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – 『khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』』ti. Navamaṃ.

2. Nandakalicchavisuttaṃ

3. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho nandako licchavimahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Catūhi kho, nandaka, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandaka, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Imehi ca pana, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako āyunā saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; vaṇṇena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; sukhena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; yasena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; ādhipateyyena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi. Taṃ kho panāhaṃ, nandaka , nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi. Api ca yadeva mayā sāmaṃ ñātaṃ sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sāmaṃ viditaṃ, tadevāhaṃ vadāmī』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte aññataro puriso nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ etadavoca – 『『nahānakālo, bhante』』ti. 『『Alaṃ dāni, bhaṇe, etena bāhirena nahānena. Alamidaṃ ajjhattaṃ nahānaṃ bhavissati, yadidaṃ – bhagavati pasādo』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

Saraṇānivaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Mahānāmena dve vuttā, godhā ca saraṇā duve;

Duve anāthapiṇḍikā, duve verabhayena ca;

Licchavī dasamo vutto, vaggo tena pavuccatīti.

1. Puññābhisandavaggo

2. Paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ

3. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Ayaṃ dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ayaṃ tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā』』ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

1. Dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ

2. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā』』ti. Dutiyaṃ.

1. Tatiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1025. 舍衛城因緣...乃至..."諸比丘,當聖弟子的這五種怖畏仇恨平息時,他具足這四種預流支,這聖理為他以慧善見、善通達;他若願意,可以自己宣說自己:'我已盡地獄,已盡畜生道,已盡餓鬼界,已盡惡趣、墮處、惡道;我是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。'"第九。 10. 難陀迦離車維經 1026. 一時,世尊住毗舍離(現在印度比哈爾邦)大林重閣講堂。那時,離車大臣難陀迦來到世尊處;來到后,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的離車大臣難陀迦如是說: "難陀迦,聖弟子具足四法,即為預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。哪四法?難陀迦,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。難陀迦,聖弟子具足這四法,即為預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。 難陀迦,聖弟子具足這四法,與壽命相應,無論天上或人間;與容色相應,無論天上或人間;與快樂相應,無論天上或人間;與名聲相應,無論天上或人間;與主權相應,無論天上或人間。難陀迦,我說這不是聽自其他沙門或婆羅門。而是我自己所知、所見、所證,我才如是說。" 如是說已,一位男子對離車大臣難陀迦說:"尊者,沐浴時間到了。""夠了,朋友,這外在的沐浴。這內在的沐浴就足夠了,也就是對世尊的凈信。"第十。 第三 歸依品 其攝頌: 兩經說大名,兩經說喬陀, 兩經說歸依,兩經說無護, 兩經說怖畏,第十說離車, 如是說此品。 4. 福德流品 1. 第一福德流經 1027. 舍衛城因緣。"諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法具足不壞凈:'法為世尊善說...乃至...智者自知。'這是第二種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對僧具足不壞凈:'世尊的弟子僧眾善行道...乃至...世間無上福田。'這是第三種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。"第一。 2. 第二福德流經 1028. "諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子以離垢吝嗇之心住家,解脫施捨,凈手樂於捨棄,樂於佈施,樂於均分佈施。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。"第二。 3. 第三福德流經

1. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā』』ti. Tatiyaṃ.

1. Paṭhamadevapadasuttaṃ

2. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

1. Dutiyadevapadasuttaṃ

2. 『『Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

『『Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada』nti? So evaṃ pajānāti – 『abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na ca kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī』』』ti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada』nti ? So evaṃ pajānāti – 『abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī』ti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

1. Devasabhāgasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathenti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Yā tā devatā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『yathārūpena kho mayaṃ buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpena buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike』』』ti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yā tā devatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『yathārūpehi kho mayaṃ ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpehi ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike』ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathentī』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Mahānāmasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1029. "諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子有慧,具足聖、出離、正趣苦滅之生滅慧。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。"第三。 4. 第一天足經 1030. 舍衛城因緣。"諸比丘,有四種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。 哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。這是第四種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。諸比丘,這四種是天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。"第四。 5. 第二天足經 1031. "諸比丘,有四種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。 哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'他如是思惟:'什麼是天足?'他如是了知:'我現在聽說諸天以無害為最上。我不傷害任何動物或植物。我確實具足天足法而住。'這是第一種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。他如是思惟:'什麼是天足?'他如是了知:'我現在聽說諸天以無害為最上。我不傷害任何動物或植物。我確實具足天足法而住。'這是第四種天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。諸比丘,這四種是天足,為不清凈眾生之清凈,為不純潔眾生之純潔。"第五。 6. 天眾經 1032. "諸比丘,諸天歡喜地說具足四法者為同類。哪四法?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'那些對佛具足不壞凈的諸天從這裡死後生到那裡,他們這樣想:'我們以這樣的對佛不壞凈從那裡死後生到這裡,聖弟子也以這樣的對佛不壞凈來到諸天之處。' 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。那些具足聖者所愛戒的諸天從這裡死後生到那裡,他們這樣想:'我們以這樣的聖者所愛戒從那裡死後生到這裡,聖弟子也以這樣的聖者所愛戒來到諸天之處。'諸比丘,諸天歡喜地說具足這四法者為同類。"第六。 7. 摩訶男經

1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

『『Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī』』ti? 『『Yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī』』ti.

『『Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī』』ti? 『『Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī』』ti.

『『Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī』』ti? 『『Idha, mahānāma, upāsako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī』』ti.

『『Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī』』ti? 『『Idha, mahānāma, upāsako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī』』ti.

『『Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī』』ti? 『『Idha, mahānāma, upāsako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

1. Vassasuttaṃ

2. 『『Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṃ [mahāsamuddasāgaraṃ (sabbattha) saṃ. ni. 4.70] paripūrenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa yo ca buddhe aveccappasādo, yo ca dhamme aveccappasādo, yo ca saṅghe aveccappasādo, yāni ca ariyakantāni sīlāni – ime dhammā sandamānā pāraṃ gantvā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattantī』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

3. Kāḷigodhasuttaṃ

4. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāḷigodhāya sākiyāniyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāḷigodhā sākiyānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāḷigodhaṃ sākiyāniṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Catūhi kho, godhe, dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvikā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī [payatapāṇī (sabbattha) 3.30 moggallānasuttaṃ oloketabbaṃ] vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Imehi kho, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』ti.

『『Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehī』』ti. 『『Lābhā te, godhe, suladdhaṃ te, godhe! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, godhe, byākata』』nti. Navamaṃ.

1. Nandiyasakkasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1033. 一時,世尊住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城(現在尼泊爾境內)尼拘律園。那時,釋迦族人摩訶男來到世尊處;來到后,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的釋迦族人摩訶男對世尊如是說: "世尊,如何才算是優婆塞?" "摩訶男,當歸依佛、歸依法、歸依僧時,摩訶男,這樣就算是優婆塞。" "世尊,如何優婆塞具足戒?" "摩訶男,當優婆塞離殺生、離不與取、離欲邪行、離妄語、離飲酒放逸處,摩訶男,這樣優婆塞就具足戒。" "世尊,如何優婆塞具足信?" "摩訶男,此處優婆塞有信,信如來的覺悟:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'摩訶男,這樣優婆塞就具足信。" "世尊,如何優婆塞具足舍?" "摩訶男,此處優婆塞以離垢吝嗇之心住家,解脫施捨,凈手樂於捨棄,樂於佈施,樂於均分佈施,摩訶男,這樣優婆塞就具足舍。" "世尊,如何優婆塞具足慧?" "摩訶男,此處優婆塞有慧,具足聖、出離、正趣苦滅之生滅慧,摩訶男,這樣優婆塞就具足慧。"第七。 8. 雨經 1034. "諸比丘,譬如在高山上下大雨,那水順著低處流動,填滿山澗溪谷,山澗溪谷滿了就填滿小池,小池滿了就填滿大池,大池滿了就填滿小河,小河滿了就填滿大河,大河滿了就填滿大海;同樣地,諸比丘,聖弟子對佛的不壞凈、對法的不壞凈、對僧的不壞凈,以及聖者所愛戒 - 這些法流動、到達彼岸,導向諸漏盡。"第八。 9. 迦利瞿曇彌經 1035. 一時,世尊住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城尼拘律園。那時,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著衣缽,來到釋迦族女迦利瞿曇彌的住處;來到后,坐在準備好的座位上。那時,釋迦族女迦利瞿曇彌來到世尊處;來到后,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的釋迦族女迦利瞿曇彌如是說: "瞿曇彌,聖女弟子具足四法,即為預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。哪四法?瞿曇彌,此處聖女弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...以離垢吝嗇之心住家,解脫施捨,凈手樂於捨棄,樂於佈施,樂於均分佈施。瞿曇彌,聖女弟子具足這四法,即為預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。" "世尊,世尊所說的這四預流支,這些法在我身上存在,我也在這些法中顯現。世尊,我對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...凡是家中應施之物,我都未分別地與持戒、善法者共享。" "瞿曇彌,你有所得,瞿曇彌,你善得!瞿曇彌,你已宣說預流果。"第九。 10. 難提釋迦經

1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『yasseva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvakassa cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi sveva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī』』ti.

『『『Yassa kho, nandiya, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi tamahaṃ bāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito』ti vadāmi. Api ca, nandiya, yathā ariyasāvako pamādavihārī ceva hoti, appamādavihārī ca taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ , bhante』』ti kho nandiyo sakko bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

『『Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti? Idha nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati. Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

『『Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati . Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti.

『『Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hoti? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati .

『『Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya . Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hotī』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

Puññābhisandavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve devapadāni ca;

Sabhāgataṃ mahānāmo, vassaṃ kāḷī ca nandiyāti.

1. Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo

2. Paṭhamaabhisandasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1036. 一時,世尊住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城(現在尼泊爾境內)尼拘律園。那時,釋迦族人難提來到世尊處;來到后,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的釋迦族人難提對世尊如是說:"世尊,如果聖弟子完全沒有四預流支,世尊,這樣的聖弟子是住于放逸嗎?" "難提,若完全沒有四預流支,我說他是站在外道凡夫一邊。然而,難提,聖弟子如何住于放逸,如何住于不放逸,你聽,好好作意,我將說。""是的,世尊。"釋迦族人難提回答世尊。世尊如是說: "難提,聖弟子如何住于放逸?難提,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'他以那對佛的不壞凈而滿足,不進一步努力白天獨處,夜間禪修。他如是放逸而住,不生喜悅。無喜悅,則無喜。無喜,則無輕安。無輕安,則住于苦。有苦者心不定。心不定則法不顯現。法不顯現則被稱為住于放逸。 再者,難提,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。他以那聖者所愛戒而滿足,不進一步努力白天獨處,夜間禪修。他如是放逸而住,不生喜悅。無喜悅,則無喜。無喜,則無輕安。無輕安,則住于苦。有苦者心不定。心不定則法不顯現。法不顯現則被稱為住于放逸。難提,這樣聖弟子住于放逸。 難提,聖弟子如何住于不放逸?難提,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'他以那對佛的不壞凈而不滿足,進一步努力白天獨處,夜間禪修。他如是不放逸而住,生喜悅。有喜悅,則生喜。有喜者身輕安。身輕安則感受樂。有樂者心定。心定則法顯現。法顯現則被稱為住于不放逸。 再者,難提,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。他以那聖者所愛戒而不滿足,進一步努力白天獨處,夜間禪修。他如是不放逸而住,生喜悅。有喜悅,則生喜。有喜者身輕安。身輕安則感受樂。有樂者心定。心定則法顯現。法顯現則被稱為住于不放逸。難提,這樣聖弟子住于不放逸。"第十。 第四 福德流品 其攝頌: 說三種福德流,兩種天足, 同類及摩訶男,雨、迦利與難提。 5. 有偈福德流品 1. 第一流經

1. 『『Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave , cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.

『『Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro』ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

『『Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettakāni udakāḷhakānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī』ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro』ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī』』ti.

Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

『『Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,

Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,

Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

『『Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,

Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa [sajjattharaṇassa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dāyakaṃ;

Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,

Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara』』nti. paṭhamaṃ;

1. Dutiyaabhisandasuttaṃ

2. 『『Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro . Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.

『『Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando , sukhassāhāro』ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

『『Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tattha na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettakāni udakāḷhakānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī』ti vā 『ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī』ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro』ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –

『『Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,

Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,

Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

『『Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,

Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;

Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,

Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara』』nti. dutiyaṃ;

1. Tatiyaabhisandasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1037. "諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。 諸比丘,具足這四種福德流、善法流的聖弟子,其福德量不易計算:'有這麼多福德流、善法流、樂之食。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大福德蘊。 諸比丘,譬如大海水量不易計算:'有這麼多水升'或'有這麼多百水升'或'有這麼多千水升'或'有這麼多百千水升。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大水蘊。同樣地,諸比丘,具足這四種福德流、善法流的聖弟子,其福德量不易計算:'有這麼多福德流、善法流、樂之食。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大福德蘊。" 世尊說此已。說此已,善逝、師復說此: "無量大海洋,廣大多可畏, 寶藏之所依,眾河之歸處。 如眾人所依,諸河流入海, 施食衣臥具,佈施諸寢具。 福流歸智者,如水歸大海。"第一。 2. 第二流經 1038. "諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子以離垢吝嗇之心住家,解脫施捨,凈手樂於捨棄,樂於佈施,樂於均分佈施。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。 諸比丘,具足這四種福德流、善法流的聖弟子,其福德量不易計算:'有這麼多福德流、善法流、樂之食。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大福德蘊。 諸比丘,譬如恒河、耶牟那河、阿致羅伐底河、薩拉浮河、摩希河這些大河匯合處,其水量不易計算:'有這麼多水升'或'有這麼多百水升'或'有這麼多千水升'或'有這麼多百千水升。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大水蘊。同樣地,諸比丘,具足這四種福德流、善法流的聖弟子,其福德量不易計算:'有這麼多福德流、善法流、樂之食。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大福德蘊。"世尊說此已...乃至...師: "無量大海洋,廣大多可畏, 寶藏之所依,眾河之歸處。 如眾人所依,諸河流入海, 施食衣臥具,佈施諸寢具。 福流歸智者,如水歸大海。"第二。 3. 第三流經

1. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā.

『『Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – 『ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro』ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –

『『Yo puññakāmo kusale patiṭṭhito,

Bhāveti maggaṃ amatassa pattiyā;

So dhammasārādhigamo khaye rato,

Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmi』』nti [maccurājāgamissatīti (sī. pī.), maccujarākampisminti (ka.)]. tatiyaṃ;

1. Paṭhamamahaddhanasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako 『aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo』ti [mahābhogo mahāyasoti (syā. pī. ka.)] vuccati.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako 『aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo』ti vuccatī』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

1. Dutiyamahaddhanasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako 『aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso』ti vuccati.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako 『aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso』ti vuccatī』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

1. Suddhakasuttaṃ

2. 『『Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Nandiyasuttaṃ

2. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『catūhi kho, nandiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

1. Bhaddiyasuttaṃ

2. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bhaddiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『catūhi kho, bhaddiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhaddiya, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhaddiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1039. "諸比丘,有四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。哪四種?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'這是第一種福德流、善法流、樂之食。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...。 再者,諸比丘,聖弟子有慧,具足聖、出離、正趣苦滅之生滅慧。這是第四種福德流、善法流、樂之食。諸比丘,這四種是福德流、善法流、樂之食。 諸比丘,具足這四種福德流、善法流的聖弟子,其福德量不易計算:'有這麼多福德流、善法流、樂之食。'而應稱為不可數、不可量的大福德蘊。"世尊說此已...乃至...師: "欲福立善者,修道證不死, 得法髓樂盡,不怖死王至。"第三。 4. 第一大富經 1040. "諸比丘,具足四法的聖弟子被稱為'富有、大富、大財'。 哪四法?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。諸比丘,具足這四法的聖弟子被稱為'富有、大富、大財'。"第四。 5. 第二大富經 1041. "諸比丘,具足四法的聖弟子被稱為'富有、大富、大財、大名聲'。 哪四法?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。諸比丘,具足這四法的聖弟子被稱為'富有、大富、大財、大名聲'。"第五。 6. 純凈經 1042. "諸比丘,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。 哪四法?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。諸比丘,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。"第六。 7. 難提經 1043. 迦毗羅衛城(現在尼泊爾境內)因緣。世尊對坐在一旁的釋迦族人難提如是說:"難提,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。" "哪四法?難提,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。難提,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。"第七。 8. 跋提經 1044. 迦毗羅衛城因緣。世尊對坐在一旁的釋迦族人跋提如是說:"跋提,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。 哪四法?跋提,此處聖弟子對佛...乃至...對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。跋提,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。"第八。

1. Mahānāmasuttaṃ

2. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti…pe… sambodhiparāyaṇo』』.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, mahānāma, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Navamaṃ.

1. Aṅgasuttaṃ

2. 『『Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, sotāpattiyaṅgāni. Katamāni cattāri? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgānī』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo pañcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve mahaddhanena ca;

Suddhaṃ nandiyaṃ bhaddiyaṃ, mahānāmaṅgena te dasāti.

1. Sappaññavaggo

2. Sagāthakasuttaṃ

3. 『『Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

『『Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

『『Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

『『Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

『『Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana』』nti. paṭhamaṃ;

1. Vassaṃvutthasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 9. 摩訶男經 1045. 迦毗羅衛城(現在尼泊爾境內)因緣。世尊對坐在一旁的釋迦族人摩訶男如是說:"摩訶男,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者...乃至...決定趣向正覺。" "哪四法?摩訶男,此處聖弟子對佛...乃至...對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。摩訶男,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。"第九。 10. 支分經 1046. "諸比丘,有四種預流支。哪四種?親近善士、聽聞正法、如理作意、法隨法行 - 諸比丘,這四種是預流支。"第十。 第五 有偈福德流品 其攝頌: 說三種流,兩種大富, 純凈、難提、跋提, 摩訶男、支分,共十。 6. 有慧品 1. 有偈經 1047. "諸比丘,具足四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。 哪四法?諸比丘,此處聖弟子對佛具足不壞凈:'此世尊是...乃至...人天師、佛、世尊。'對法...乃至...對僧...乃至...具足聖者所愛戒,不破...乃至...導向定。諸比丘,具足這四法的聖弟子是預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。"世尊說此已。說此已,善逝、師復說此: "信如來堅固,善立不動搖; 戒善聖所愛,為諸賢讚歎。 于僧起凈信,見解正直者; 說彼非貧窮,生命不虛度。 是故有智者,隨佛之教誨; 應修信與戒,凈信見正法。"第一。 2. 雨安居經

1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā – 『『aññataro kira bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto』』ti.

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kacci, bhante, bhagavā arogo ceva balavā cā』』ti? 『『Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā』』ti. 『『Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā』』ti? 『『Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā』』ti. 『『Kacci pana, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho arogo ca balavā cā』』ti. 『『Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā』』ti. 『『Atthi pana te, bhante, kiñci iminā antaravassena bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahita』』nti? 『『Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – 『appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā』』』ti.

『『Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – 『appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī』』』ti.

『『Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – 『appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā』』』ti. Dutiyaṃ.

1. Dhammadinnasuttaṃ

以下是簡體中文直譯: 1048. 一時,世尊住在舍衛城(現在印度北方邦)祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘在舍衛城度過雨安居后,因某事來到迦毗羅衛城(現在尼泊爾境內)。迦毗羅衛城的釋迦族人聽說:"有一位比丘在舍衛城度過雨安居後來到迦毗羅衛城。" 於是,迦毗羅衛城的釋迦族人來到那位比丘處;來到后,禮敬那位比丘,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的迦毗羅衛城釋迦族人對那位比丘如是說:"尊者,世尊是否健康、強壯?" "朋友們,世尊健康、強壯。" "尊者,舍利弗、目犍連是否健康、強壯?" "朋友們,舍利弗、目犍連也健康、強壯。" "尊者,比丘僧團是否健康、強壯?" "朋友們,比丘僧團也健康、強壯。" "尊者,你在這個雨安居期間,是否親自從世尊處聽聞、領受了什麼?" "朋友們,我親自從世尊處聽聞、領受了這個:'諸比丘,少數比丘由於諸漏盡而住于無漏心解脫、慧解脫,于現法中自知、證悟、具足。而更多的比丘由於五下分結盡而成為化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。' 朋友們,我又親自從世尊處聽聞、領受了這個:'諸比丘,少數比丘由於五下分結盡而成為化生者,在那裡般涅槃,不從那世界回來。而更多的比丘由於三結盡,貪、嗔、癡薄,成為一來者,還要再來此世一次便作苦邊。' 朋友們,我又親自從世尊處聽聞、領受了這個:'諸比丘,少數比丘由於三結盡,貪、嗔、癡薄,成為一來者,還要再來此世一次便作苦邊。而更多的比丘由於三結盡成為預流者,不墮惡趣法,決定趣向正覺。'"第二。 3. 法授經

1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ovadatu no, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu no, bhante, bhagavā yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinnaṃ, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharissāmā』ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba』』nti. 『『Na kho netaṃ, bhante, sukaraṃ amhehi puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantehi kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontehi mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantehi jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantehi – ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu ṭhitānaṃ uttaridhammaṃ desetū』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā bhavissāma akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī』ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba』』nti.

『『Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma. Mayañhi bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī』』ti. 『『Lābhā vo , dhammadinna, suladdhaṃ vo, dhammadinna! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tumhehi byākata』』nti. Tatiyaṃ.

1. Gilānasuttaṃ

2. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ovadatu no, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu no, bhante, bhagavā yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinnaṃ, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharissāmā』ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba』』nti. 『『Na kho netaṃ, bhante, sukaraṃ amhehi puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantehi kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontehi mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantehi jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantehi – ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu ṭhitānaṃ uttaridhammaṃ desetū』』ti.

『『Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā bhavissāma akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī』ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba』』nti.

『『Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma. Mayañhi bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī』』ti. 『『Lābhā vo , dhammadinna, suladdhaṃ vo, dhammadinna! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tumhehi byākata』』nti. Tatiyaṃ.

1. Gilānasuttaṃ

2. 有一時，世尊住在波羅奈城仙人落處的鹿野苑。那時，法授優婆塞與五百位優婆塞一起來到世尊所在之處；來到后，向世尊禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的法授優婆塞對世尊如是說："尊者，請世尊教導我們；尊者，請世尊指導我們，使我們長久獲得利益和快樂。" "因此，法授，你們應當如是學習：'對於那些如來所說的經典，深奧、意義深遠、出世間的、與空性相應的，我們將時常親近並安住其中。'法授，你們應當如是學習。""尊者，對於我們這些居住在兒女擁擠的家中，享受迦尸細布和檀香，佩戴花鬘香料，接受金銀的人來說，這並非易事——時常親近並安住于那些如來所說的經典，深奧、意義深遠、出世間的、與空性相應的。尊者，請世尊為我們這些安住於五戒的人說示更高深的法。" "因此，法授，你們應當如是學習：'我們將具足對佛的不動信心——如是這位世尊……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。對法……乃至……對僧……乃至……我們將具足聖者所喜愛的戒，無缺失……乃至……導向定。'法授，你們應當如是學習。" "尊者，世尊所說的這四種預流支，這些法存在於我們身上，我們也在這些法中顯現。尊者，我們具足對佛的不動信心——如是這位世尊……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。對法……乃至……對僧……乃至……我們具足聖者所喜愛的戒，無缺失……乃至……導向定。""法授，這是你們的利得，法授，這是你們的善得！你們已經宣說了預流果。" 第三。

3. 病人經

4. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – 『『niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』』ti. Assosi kho mahānāmo sakko – 『『sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – 『niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』』』ti . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sutametaṃ, bhante – 『sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』ti. Na kho netaṃ [na kho te etaṃ (sī. pī.)], bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ sappaññena upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno ovaditabbo』』ti.

『『Sappaññena mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetabbo – 『assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato buddhe aveccappasādo itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti . Assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikānī』』』ti.

『『Sappaññena , mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno imehi catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『atthāyasmato mātāpitūsu apekkhā』ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『atthi me mātāpitūsu apekkhā』ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te mātāpitūsu apekkhā taṃ pajahā』』』ti.

『『So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『yā me mātāpitūsu apekkhā sā pahīnā』ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『atthi panāyasmato puttadāresu apekkhā』ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『atthi me puttadāresu apekkhā』ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te puttadāresu apekkhā taṃ pajahā』』』ti.

『『So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『yā me puttadāresu apekkhā sā pahīnā』ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『atthi panāyasmato mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā』ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『atthi me mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā』ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『mānusakehi kho, āvuso, kāmehi dibbā kāmā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu [cātummahārājikesu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī』』』ti.

『『So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『mānusakehi me kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita』nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『cātumahārājikehi kho, āvuso , devehi tāvatiṃsā devā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, cātumahārājikehi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī』』』ti.

『『So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『cātumahārājikehi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita』nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『tāvatiṃsehi kho, āvuso, devehi yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattīhi kho, āvuso, devehi brahmaloko abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Sādhāyasmā, paranimmitavasavattīhi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocehī』ti. So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『paranimmitavasavattīhi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocita』nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – 『brahmalokopi kho, āvuso, anicco addhuvo sakkāyapariyāpanno. Sādhāyasmā, brahmalokā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāhī』』』ti.

1. 有一時，世尊住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城尼拘律園。那時，許多比丘正在為世尊做衣服，[他們想]："世尊做好衣服后，三個月過去就會出發遊行。"釋迦族的摩訶男聽說："據說許多比丘正在為世尊做衣服，[他們想]'世尊做好衣服后，三個月過去就會出發遊行'。"於是，釋迦族的摩訶男來到世尊所在之處；來到后，向世尊禮拜，然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的釋迦族摩訶男對世尊如是說："尊者，我聽說：'據說許多比丘正在為世尊做衣服，[他們想]世尊做好衣服后，三個月過去就會出發遊行。'尊者，我沒有親耳從世尊那裡聽到，親自接受過這個。尊者，請告訴我，有智慧的優婆塞應該如何教導生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的優婆塞。" "摩訶男，有智慧的優婆塞應該用四種令人安心的法來安慰生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的優婆塞：'尊者請安心——你對佛有不動信心，如是這位世尊……乃至……人天導師、佛、世尊。尊者請安心——你對法……乃至……對僧……乃至……你具足聖者所喜愛的戒，無缺失……乃至……導向定。'" "摩訶男，有智慧的優婆塞用這四種令人安心的法安慰生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的優婆塞后，應該這樣問他：'你對父母還有牽掛嗎？'如果他回答說：'我對父母還有牽掛'，就應該這樣對他說：'尊者，你是必死之人。無論你對父母有牽掛還是沒有牽掛，你都會死。最好還是放下你對父母的牽掛。'" "如果他說：'我對父母的牽掛已經放下了'，就應該這樣問他：'你對妻子兒女還有牽掛嗎？'如果他回答說：'我對妻子兒女還有牽掛'，就應該這樣對他說：'尊者，你是必死之人。無論你對妻子兒女有牽掛還是沒有牽掛，你都會死。最好還是放下你對妻子兒女的牽掛。'" "如果他說：'我對妻子兒女的牽掛已經放下了'，就應該這樣問他：'你對人間的五種欲樂還有牽掛嗎？'如果他回答說：'我對人間的五種欲樂還有牽掛'，就應該這樣對他說：'朋友，天界的欲樂比人間的欲樂更殊勝、更微妙。最好還是從人間的欲樂中提升心念，專注於四大王天的天界。'" "如果他說：'我的心已經從人間的欲樂中提升，專注於四大王天的天界了'，就應該這樣對他說：'朋友，三十三天比四大王天更殊勝、更微妙。最好還是從四大王天中提升心念，專注於三十三天。'" "如果他說：'我的心已經從四大王天中提升，專注於三十三天了'，就應該這樣對他說：'朋友，夜摩天……兜率天……化樂天……他化自在天……朋友，梵天界比他化自在天更殊勝、更微妙。最好還是從他化自在天中提升心念，專注于梵天界。'如果他說：'我的心已經從他化自在天中提升，專注于梵天界了'，就應該這樣對他說：'朋友，即使梵天界也是無常的、不持久的，包含在有身見中。最好還是從梵天界中提升心念，專注于有身見的滅盡。'"

『『So ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『brahmalokā me cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāmī』ti; evaṃ vimuttacittassa kho, mahānāma, upāsakassa āsavā [vassasata (sī. syā.)] vimuttacittena bhikkhunā na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ – vimuttiyā vimutta』』nti. Catutthaṃ.

1. Sotāpattiphalasuttaṃ

2. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo , saddhammassavanaṃ , yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattantī』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

3. Sakadāgāmiphalasuttaṃ

4. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? …Pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

5. Anāgāmiphalasuttaṃ

6. …Pe… anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

7. Arahattaphalasuttaṃ

8. …Pe… arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paññāpaṭilābhasuttaṃ

10. …Pe… paññāpaṭilābhāya…pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Navamaṃ.

11. Paññāvuddhisuttaṃ

12. …Pe… paññāvuddhiyā …pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

13. Paññāvepullasuttaṃ

14. …Pe…. Paññāvepullāya…pe… saṃvattantī』』ti. Ekādasamaṃ.

Sappaññavaggo chaṭṭho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sagāthakaṃ vassaṃvutthaṃ, dhammadinnañca gilānaṃ;

Caturo phalā paṭilābho, vuddhi vepullatāya cāti.

1. Mahāpaññavaggo

2. Mahāpaññāsuttaṃ

3. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

4. Puthupaññāsuttaṃ

5. … Puthupaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Dutiyaṃ.

6. Vipulapaññāsuttaṃ

7. … Vipulapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Tatiyaṃ.

8. Gambhīrapaññāsuttaṃ

9. … Gambhīrapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Catutthaṃ.

10. Appamattapaññāsuttaṃ

11. … Appamattapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Pañcamaṃ.

12. Bhūripaññāsuttaṃ

13. … Bhūripaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

14. Paññābāhullasuttaṃ

15. … Paññābāhullā saṃvattantī』』ti. Sattamaṃ.

16. Sīghapaññāsuttaṃ

17. … Sīghapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

18. Lahupaññāsuttaṃ

19. … Lahupaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Navamaṃ.

20. Hāsapaññāsuttaṃ

21. … Hāsapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Dasamaṃ.

22. Javanapaññāsuttaṃ

23. … Javanapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Ekādasamaṃ.

24. Tikkhapaññāsuttaṃ

25. … Tikkhapaññatā saṃvattantī』』ti. Dvādasamaṃ.

26. Nibbedhikapaññāsuttaṃ

"如果他說：'我的心已經從梵天界中提升，我正在專注于有身見的滅盡'；摩訶男，這樣心解脫的優婆塞與心解脫的比丘在解脫方面沒有任何區別，我說他們都是解脫的。" 第四。 5. 預流果經 1051. "比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向證悟預流果。哪四法？親近善士、聽聞正法、如理作意、法隨法行——比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向證悟預流果。" 第五。 6. 一來果經 1052. "比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向證悟一來果。哪四法？……乃至……能導向。" 第六。 7. 不還果經 1053. ……乃至……不還果的證悟……乃至……能導向。 第七。 8. 阿羅漢果經 1054. ……乃至……阿羅漢果的證悟……乃至……能導向。 第八。 9. 獲得智慧經 1055. ……乃至……獲得智慧……乃至……能導向。 第九。 10. 增長智慧經 1056. ……乃至……增長智慧……乃至……能導向。 第十。 11. 智慧圓滿經 1057. ……乃至……智慧圓滿……乃至……能導向。 第十一。 有智慧品第六。 其摘要： 有偈頌、雨安居、法授和病人； 四果、獲得、增長和圓滿。 7. 大智慧品 1. 大智慧經 1058. "比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向大智慧。哪四法？親近善士、聽聞正法、如理作意、法隨法行——比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向大智慧。" 第一。 2. 廣智慧經 1059. ……能導向廣智慧。 第二。 3. 廣大智慧經 1060. ……能導向廣大智慧。 第三。 4. 深智慧經 1061. ……能導向深智慧。 第四。 5. 無量智慧經 1062. ……能導向無量智慧。 第五。 6. 博智慧經 1063. ……能導向博智慧。 第六。 7. 多智慧經 1064. ……能導向多智慧。 第七。 8. 速智慧經 1065. ……能導向速智慧。 第八。 9. 輕智慧經 1066. ……能導向輕智慧。 第九。 10. 喜智慧經 1067. ……能導向喜智慧。 第十。 11. 迅智慧經 1068. ……能導向迅智慧。 第十一。 12. 利智慧經 1069. ……能導向利智慧。 第十二。 13. 洞察智慧經

1. … Nibbedhikapaññatā saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nibbedhikapaññatāya saṃvattantī』』ti. Terasamaṃ.

Mahāpaññavaggo sattamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Mahā puthu vipula-gambhīraṃ, appamatta-bhūri-bāhullaṃ;

Sīgha-lahu-hāsa-javana, tikkha-nibbedhikāya cāti.

Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ ekādasamaṃ.

1. ……能導向洞察智慧。哪四法？親近善士、聽聞正法、如理作意、法隨法行——比丘們，這四法若修習、多修，能導向洞察智慧。 第十三。 大智慧品第七。 其摘要： 大、廣、廣大、深， 無量、博、多， 速、輕、喜、迅， 利和洞察。 預流相應第十一。